Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1630:44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
| author | Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 06 Feb 2010 15:53:52 +0000 |
| parents | e83f0778c260 |
| children | 9bf06e02070b |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
75 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
76 /* REALSIZE = size a real consumes in memory |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
77 * REALPAD = 'padding' added to the CPU real size to bring it up to REALSIZE |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
78 * REALALIGNSIZE = alignment for reals |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
79 */ |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
80 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
81 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
83 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
84 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
| 159 | 85 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 86 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
87 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 88 #else |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
91 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 92 #endif |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
93 |
| 159 | 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
|
1393
04177061f98d
Patch to allow compiling LDC with MinGW, by `mp4 / [1]jaffa` (slightly edited).
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1367
diff
changeset
|
97 #if _WIN32 && !defined __MINGW32__ |
|
1257
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
98 static double zero = 0; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
99 double Port::nan = NAN; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
100 double Port::infinity = 1/zero; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
102 |
| 159 | 103 /***************************** Type *****************************/ |
| 104 | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 113 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 114 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 115 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 116 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 117 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 120 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 121 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 122 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 123 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
124 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
125 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
126 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
127 |
| 159 | 128 |
| 129 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 this->ty = ty; | |
| 132 this->mod = 0; | |
| 133 this->next = next; | |
| 134 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 135 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 136 this->cto = NULL; |
| 137 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 138 #endif | |
| 139 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 140 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 141 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 142 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
143 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 144 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
145 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
146 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
147 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
148 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
149 #endif |
| 159 | 150 } |
| 151 | |
| 152 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 153 { | |
| 154 print(); | |
| 155 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 156 assert(0); | |
| 157 return this; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 161 { Type *t; | |
| 162 | |
| 163 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 164 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 165 if (this == o || | |
| 166 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 167 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 170 return 1; | |
| 171 } | |
| 172 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 173 return 0; | |
| 174 } | |
| 175 | |
| 176 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 177 { | |
| 178 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 179 } | |
| 180 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
181 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
182 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
183 #else |
| 159 | 184 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
185 #endif |
| 159 | 186 { int i; |
| 187 int j; | |
| 188 | |
| 189 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 190 | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 203 | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 223 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 224 | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 228 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 229 | |
| 230 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 231 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 232 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 233 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 234 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 235 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
236 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 237 |
| 238 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 239 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 240 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 241 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 242 } | |
| 243 | |
| 244 // Set basic types | |
| 245 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 246 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 247 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 248 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 249 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 250 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 251 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 252 | |
| 253 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 254 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 255 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 256 | |
| 257 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 258 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
259 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
260 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
261 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
262 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 263 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 264 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 else | |
| 270 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
271 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
272 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
274 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
275 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
276 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
277 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
278 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
279 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
280 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
281 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
282 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
285 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
286 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
287 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
289 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
290 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 291 } |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 return size(0); | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 300 { | |
| 301 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 302 return 1; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 return size(0); | |
| 308 } | |
| 309 | |
| 310 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 311 { | |
| 312 if (next) | |
| 313 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 314 return merge(); | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 if (!pto) | |
| 320 { Type *t; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 323 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 324 } | |
| 325 return pto; | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 | |
| 328 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 if (!rto) | |
| 331 { Type *t; | |
| 332 | |
| 333 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 334 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 return rto; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 340 { | |
| 341 if (!arrayof) | |
| 342 { Type *t; | |
| 343 | |
| 344 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 345 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 346 } | |
| 347 return arrayof; | |
| 348 } | |
| 349 | |
| 350 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 return NULL; | |
| 353 } | |
| 354 | |
| 355 /******************************* | |
| 356 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 357 * get that other type. | |
| 358 */ | |
| 359 | |
| 360 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 return this; | |
| 363 } | |
| 364 | |
| 365 /******************************** | |
| 366 * Name mangling. | |
| 367 */ | |
| 368 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
369 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 370 { |
| 371 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 372 if (next) | |
| 373 { | |
| 374 assert(next != this); | |
| 375 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
376 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 377 } |
| 378 } | |
| 379 | |
| 380 /******************************** | |
| 381 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 382 */ | |
| 383 | |
| 384 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 385 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 386 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 387 | |
| 388 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 389 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 390 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 | |
| 393 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 396 if (ident) | |
| 397 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 398 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 399 } | |
| 400 } | |
| 401 | |
| 402 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 405 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 406 return; | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 | |
| 411 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 if (mod != this->mod) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
414 { const char *p; |
| 159 | 415 |
| 416 switch (this->mod) | |
| 417 { | |
| 418 case 0: | |
| 419 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 420 break; | |
| 421 case MODconst: | |
| 422 p = "const("; | |
| 423 goto L1; | |
|
1619
c61782a76dff
Merge DMD r304: refactor invariant => immutable
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1617
diff
changeset
|
424 case MODimmutable: |
| 159 | 425 p = "invariant("; |
| 426 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 427 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 428 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 429 break; | |
| 430 default: | |
| 431 assert(0); | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 | |
| 437 /************************************ | |
| 438 */ | |
| 439 | |
| 440 Type *Type::merge() | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
441 { |
| 159 | 442 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
443 Type *t = this; |
| 159 | 444 assert(t); |
| 445 if (!deco) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 if (next) | |
| 448 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
449 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
450 OutBuffer buf; |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
451 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
452 StringValue *sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 159 | 453 if (sv->ptrvalue) |
| 454 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 455 assert(t->deco); | |
| 456 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 else | |
| 459 { | |
| 460 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
461 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
462 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
463 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
464 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
465 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
466 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
468 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
469 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
470 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
471 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
472 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
473 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
474 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
475 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
476 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
477 } |
| 159 | 478 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 479 } | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 return t; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
484 /************************************* |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
485 * This version does a merge even if the deco is already computed. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
486 * Necessary for types that have a deco, but are not merged. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
487 */ |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
488 Type *Type::merge2() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
489 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
490 //printf("merge2(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
491 Type *t = this; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
492 assert(t); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
493 if (!t->deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
494 return t->merge(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
495 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
496 StringValue *sv = deco_stringtable.lookup((char *)t->deco, strlen(t->deco)); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
497 if (sv && sv->ptrvalue) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
498 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
499 assert(t->deco); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
500 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
501 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
502 assert(0); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
503 return t; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
505 |
| 159 | 506 int Type::isbit() |
| 507 { | |
| 508 return FALSE; | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 | |
| 511 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 return FALSE; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 | |
| 516 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 return FALSE; | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 | |
| 521 int Type::isreal() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 return FALSE; | |
| 524 } | |
| 525 | |
| 526 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 return FALSE; | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 | |
| 531 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 532 { | |
| 533 return FALSE; | |
| 534 } | |
| 535 | |
| 536 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 return FALSE; | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 | |
| 541 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 542 { | |
| 543 return FALSE; | |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 547 { | |
| 548 return NULL; | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
551 int Type::isscope() |
| 159 | 552 { |
| 553 return FALSE; | |
| 554 } | |
| 555 | |
| 556 int Type::isString() | |
| 557 { | |
| 558 return FALSE; | |
| 559 } | |
| 560 | |
| 561 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 562 { | |
| 563 return isscalar(); | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /********************************* | |
| 567 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 568 */ | |
| 569 | |
| 570 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 571 { | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
572 for (Type *t = this; t; t = t->next) |
| 159 | 573 { |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
574 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); |
| 159 | 575 if (s) |
| 576 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 } | |
| 579 | |
| 580 | |
| 581 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 582 { | |
| 583 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 584 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 585 #endif | |
| 586 return NULL; | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
589 /*************************************** |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
590 * Use when we prefer the default initializer to be a literal, |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
591 * rather than a global immutable variable. |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
592 */ |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
593 Expression *Type::defaultInitLiteral(Loc loc) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
594 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
595 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
596 printf("Type::defaultInitLiteral() '%s'\n", toChars()); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
597 #endif |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
598 return defaultInit(loc); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
599 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
600 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
601 int Type::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 602 { |
| 603 return 0; // assume not | |
| 604 } | |
| 605 | |
| 606 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 607 { | |
| 608 return 0; // assume not | |
| 609 } | |
| 610 | |
| 611 /******************************** | |
| 612 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 613 * to type 'to'. | |
| 614 * Returns: | |
| 615 * 0 can't convert | |
| 616 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 617 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 618 */ | |
| 619 | |
| 620 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 621 { | |
| 622 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 623 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 624 if (this == to) | |
| 625 return MATCHexact; | |
| 626 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 627 // return 1; | |
| 628 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 629 } | |
| 630 | |
| 631 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 632 { Expression *e; | |
| 633 | |
| 634 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 635 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 636 #endif | |
| 637 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 640 } | |
| 641 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 642 { | |
| 643 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 644 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 645 } | |
| 646 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 647 { | |
| 648 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 649 } | |
| 650 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 653 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 654 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 655 } | |
| 656 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 657 { | |
| 658 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 659 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 660 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 661 } | |
| 662 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
663 { const char *s; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
664 if (!deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
665 { s = toChars(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
666 error(loc, "forward reference of type %s.mangleof", s); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
667 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
668 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
669 s = deco; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
670 e = new StringExp(loc, (char *)s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
| 159 | 671 Scope sc; |
| 672 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 673 } | |
| 674 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 675 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 676 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 677 Scope sc; | |
| 678 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 else | |
| 681 { | |
| 682 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 683 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 684 } | |
| 685 return e; | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 | |
| 688 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 689 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 690 | |
| 691 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 692 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 693 #endif | |
| 694 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 695 { | |
| 696 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 697 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 702 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 if (v) | |
| 705 { | |
| 706 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 709 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 710 goto Loffset; | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 Loffset: | |
| 715 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 716 { | |
| 717 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 718 return e; | |
| 719 } | |
| 720 } | |
| 721 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 722 { | |
| 723 #if 0 | |
| 724 if (v->init) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 727 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 728 else | |
| 729 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 730 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 731 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 732 { | |
| 733 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 734 | |
| 735 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 736 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 737 */ | |
| 738 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 739 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 740 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 741 { | |
| 742 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 743 } | |
| 744 } | |
| 745 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 746 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 747 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 748 } | |
| 749 return e; | |
| 750 } | |
| 751 #endif | |
| 752 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 753 return ex; | |
| 754 } | |
| 755 } | |
| 756 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 757 { | |
| 758 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 759 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 760 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 761 return e; | |
| 762 } | |
| 763 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 764 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 765 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 766 Scope sc; | |
| 767 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 768 return e; | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 771 } | |
| 772 | |
| 773 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 774 { | |
| 775 return salign; | |
| 776 } | |
| 777 | |
| 778 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 779 { | |
| 780 va_list ap; | |
| 781 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 782 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 783 va_end( ap ); | |
| 784 } | |
| 785 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
786 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
787 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
788 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
789 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
790 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
791 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
792 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
793 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
794 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
795 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
796 |
| 159 | 797 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 798 { | |
| 799 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 800 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 801 Identifier *id; | |
| 802 char *name; | |
| 803 int len; | |
| 804 | |
| 805 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 806 if (internal) | |
| 807 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 808 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
809 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 810 } |
| 811 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
812 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 813 len = buf.offset; |
| 814 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 815 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 816 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
817 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
818 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
819 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
820 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 821 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 822 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 823 return id; | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 | |
| 826 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 return NULL; | |
| 829 } | |
| 830 | |
| 831 | |
| 832 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 833 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
834 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
835 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 836 *pt = t; |
| 837 *pe = NULL; | |
| 838 *ps = NULL; | |
| 839 } | |
| 840 | |
| 841 /******************************* | |
| 842 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 843 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 844 */ | |
| 845 | |
| 846 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 847 { | |
| 848 if (!next) | |
| 849 return NULL; | |
| 850 else | |
| 851 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 852 } | |
| 853 | |
| 854 /******************************** | |
| 855 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 856 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 857 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 858 */ | |
| 859 | |
| 860 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 861 { | |
| 862 return NULL; | |
| 863 } | |
| 864 | |
| 865 /*************************************** | |
| 866 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 867 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 868 */ | |
| 869 | |
| 870 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 871 { | |
| 872 return FALSE; | |
| 873 } | |
| 874 | |
| 875 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 876 | |
| 877 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 878 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
879 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
880 const char *d; |
| 159 | 881 unsigned flags; |
| 882 | |
| 883 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 884 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 885 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 886 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 887 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 888 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 889 | |
| 890 flags = 0; | |
| 891 switch (ty) | |
| 892 { | |
| 893 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 894 c = "void"; | |
| 895 break; | |
| 896 | |
| 897 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 898 c = "byte"; | |
| 899 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 900 break; | |
| 901 | |
| 902 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 903 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 904 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 905 break; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 908 c = "short"; | |
| 909 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 910 break; | |
| 911 | |
| 912 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 913 c = "ushort"; | |
| 914 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 915 break; | |
| 916 | |
| 917 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 918 c = "int"; | |
| 919 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 920 break; | |
| 921 | |
| 922 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 923 c = "uint"; | |
| 924 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 925 break; | |
| 926 | |
| 927 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 928 c = "float"; | |
| 929 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 930 break; | |
| 931 | |
| 932 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 933 c = "long"; | |
| 934 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 935 break; | |
| 936 | |
| 937 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 938 c = "ulong"; | |
| 939 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 940 break; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 943 c = "double"; | |
| 944 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 945 break; | |
| 946 | |
| 947 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 948 c = "real"; | |
| 949 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 950 break; | |
| 951 | |
| 952 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 953 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 954 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 955 break; | |
| 956 | |
| 957 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 958 c = "idouble"; | |
| 959 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 960 break; | |
| 961 | |
| 962 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 963 c = "ireal"; | |
| 964 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 965 break; | |
| 966 | |
| 967 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 968 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 969 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 970 break; | |
| 971 | |
| 972 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 973 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 974 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 975 break; | |
| 976 | |
| 977 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 978 c = "creal"; | |
| 979 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 980 break; | |
| 981 | |
| 982 | |
| 983 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 984 c = "bit"; | |
| 985 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 986 break; | |
| 987 | |
| 988 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 989 c = d; | |
| 990 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 991 break; | |
| 992 | |
| 993 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 994 c = "char"; | |
| 995 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 996 break; | |
| 997 | |
| 998 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 999 c = "wchar"; | |
| 1000 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1001 break; | |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 1004 c = "dchar"; | |
| 1005 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1006 break; | |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 default: assert(0); | |
| 1009 } | |
| 1010 this->dstring = d; | |
| 1011 this->cstring = c; | |
| 1012 this->flags = flags; | |
| 1013 merge(); | |
| 1014 } | |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1017 { | |
| 1018 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 1019 return this; | |
| 1020 } | |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 1024 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
1025 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 1026 } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1029 { | |
| 1030 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 1031 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1032 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1033 return; | |
| 1034 } | |
| 1035 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 1036 } | |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1039 { unsigned size; | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 1042 switch (ty) | |
| 1043 { | |
| 1044 case Tint8: | |
| 1045 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1046 case Tint16: | |
| 1047 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1048 case Tint32: | |
| 1049 case Tuns32: | |
| 1050 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1051 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1052 size = 4; break; | |
| 1053 case Tint64: | |
| 1054 case Tuns64: | |
| 1055 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1056 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1057 size = 8; break; | |
| 1058 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1059 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1060 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1061 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1062 size = 8; break; | |
| 1063 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1064 size = 16; break; | |
| 1065 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1066 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 case Tvoid: | |
| 1069 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1070 size = 1; | |
| 1071 break; | |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1074 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1075 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1076 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1077 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 default: | |
| 1080 assert(0); | |
| 1081 break; | |
| 1082 } | |
| 1083 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1084 return size; | |
| 1085 } | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1088 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1089 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1090 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1091 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1092 #if TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_OSX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1093 case Tint64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1094 case Tuns64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1095 case Tfloat64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1096 case Timaginary64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1097 case Tcomplex32: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1098 case Tcomplex64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1099 sz = 4; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1100 break; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1101 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1102 |
| 159 | 1103 } |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1107 { | |
| 1108 Expression *e; | |
| 1109 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1110 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1111 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1112 #else | |
| 1113 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1114 #endif | |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1117 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1118 { | |
| 1119 switch (ty) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1122 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1123 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1124 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1125 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1126 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1127 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1128 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1129 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1130 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1131 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1132 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1133 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1136 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1137 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1138 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1139 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1140 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1141 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1142 case Timaginary80: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1143 case Tfloat80: fvalue = Port::ldbl_max; goto Lfvalue; |
| 159 | 1144 } |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1147 { | |
| 1148 switch (ty) | |
| 1149 { | |
| 1150 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1151 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1152 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1153 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1154 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1155 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1156 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1157 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1158 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1159 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1160 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1161 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1162 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1165 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1166 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1167 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1168 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1169 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1170 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1171 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1172 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 } | |
| 1175 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1176 { | |
| 1177 switch (ty) | |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1180 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1181 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1182 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1183 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1184 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1185 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1186 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1187 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1188 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1189 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1190 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1191 } | |
| 1192 } | |
| 1193 } | |
| 1194 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 switch (ty) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1199 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1200 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1201 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1202 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1203 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1204 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1205 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1206 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1207 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1208 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 } | |
| 1211 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1212 { | |
| 1213 switch (ty) | |
| 1214 { | |
| 1215 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1216 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1217 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1218 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1219 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1220 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1224 } | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1227 { | |
| 1228 switch (ty) | |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1231 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1232 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1233 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1234 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1235 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1239 } | |
| 1240 } | |
| 1241 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1242 { | |
| 1243 switch (ty) | |
| 1244 { | |
| 1245 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1246 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1247 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1248 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1249 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1250 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 } | |
| 1255 } | |
| 1256 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1257 { | |
| 1258 switch (ty) | |
| 1259 { | |
| 1260 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1261 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1262 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1263 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1264 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1265 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1266 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1267 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1268 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1269 } | |
| 1270 } | |
| 1271 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1272 { | |
| 1273 switch (ty) | |
| 1274 { | |
| 1275 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1276 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1277 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1278 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1279 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1280 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1281 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1282 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1283 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1284 } | |
| 1285 } | |
| 1286 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1287 { | |
| 1288 switch (ty) | |
| 1289 { | |
| 1290 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1291 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1292 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1293 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1294 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1295 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1296 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1297 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1298 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1299 } | |
| 1300 } | |
| 1301 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1302 { | |
| 1303 switch (ty) | |
| 1304 { | |
| 1305 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1306 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1307 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1308 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1309 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1310 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1311 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1312 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1313 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1314 } | |
| 1315 } | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 Ldefault: | |
| 1318 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 Livalue: | |
| 1321 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1322 return e; | |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 Lfvalue: | |
| 1325 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1326 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1327 else | |
| 1328 { | |
| 1329 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1332 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1333 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1334 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1335 #else | |
| 1336 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1337 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1338 #endif | |
| 1339 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1340 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1341 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1342 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 return e; | |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 Lint: | |
| 1347 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1348 return e; | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1354 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1355 #endif | |
| 1356 Type *t; | |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1359 { | |
| 1360 switch (ty) | |
| 1361 { | |
| 1362 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1363 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1364 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1365 L1: | |
| 1366 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1367 break; | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1370 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1371 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1372 break; | |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1375 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1376 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1377 L2: | |
| 1378 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1379 break; | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 default: | |
| 1382 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1383 } | |
| 1384 } | |
| 1385 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1386 { Type *t2; | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 switch (ty) | |
| 1389 { | |
| 1390 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1391 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1392 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1393 L3: | |
| 1394 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1395 e->type = t2; | |
| 1396 break; | |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1399 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1400 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1401 L4: | |
| 1402 e->type = t; | |
| 1403 break; | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1406 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1407 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1408 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1409 break; | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 default: | |
| 1412 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 } | |
| 1415 else | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 return e; | |
| 1420 } | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1423 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1424 |
| 1425 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1426 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1427 #endif | |
| 1428 switch (ty) | |
| 1429 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1430 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1431 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
| 159 | 1433 case Tchar: |
| 1434 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1435 break; | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 case Twchar: | |
| 1438 case Tdchar: | |
| 1439 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1440 break; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1443 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1444 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1445 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1446 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1447 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1448 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1449 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1450 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1451 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1456 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 1457 { |
| 1458 switch (ty) | |
| 1459 { | |
| 1460 case Tchar: | |
| 1461 case Twchar: | |
| 1462 case Tdchar: | |
| 1463 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1464 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1465 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1466 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1467 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1468 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1469 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1470 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1471 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1472 return 0; // no | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 return 1; // yes | |
| 1475 } | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1478 { | |
| 1479 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1480 } | |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1483 { | |
| 1484 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1485 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1486 } | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1489 { | |
| 1490 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1494 { | |
| 1495 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1496 } | |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1501 } | |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1504 { | |
| 1505 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1509 { | |
| 1510 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1514 { | |
| 1515 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1519 { | |
| 1520 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1521 if (this == to) | |
| 1522 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1525 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1587 | 1526 if (to->ty == Tbool) |
| 1527 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 159 | 1528 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) |
| 1529 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1532 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1533 { | |
| 1534 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1535 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1536 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1537 | |
| 1587 | 1538 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 1539 // If converting to integral |
| 1540 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1541 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1542 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1545 */ | |
| 1546 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1547 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1550 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1551 } | |
| 1587 | 1552 #endif |
| 159 | 1553 } |
| 1554 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1555 { | |
| 1556 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1557 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1558 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1563 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1564 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1567 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1568 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1569 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1572 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1573 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1574 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1575 } | |
| 1576 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1580 { | |
| 1581 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1582 } | |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1587 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1588 { | |
| 1589 } | |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1592 { | |
| 1593 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1596 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1597 #endif | |
| 1598 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1599 { | |
| 1600 Expression *ec; | |
| 1601 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1603 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1606 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1608 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1613 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1615 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1621 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1622 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1623 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1624 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1625 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1626 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1627 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 Expression *ec; | |
| 1632 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1634 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1635 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1637 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1638 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1639 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1644 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1645 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1646 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1647 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1648 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1653 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1654 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1655 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1656 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1657 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1658 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1659 } | |
| 1660 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1661 { | |
| 1662 Expression *ec; | |
| 1663 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1664 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1665 int dup; | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 assert(size); | |
| 1668 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1669 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1670 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1671 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1672 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1673 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1674 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1675 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1679 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1680 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1681 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1682 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1683 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1687 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1688 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1689 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1690 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1691 if (dup) | |
| 1692 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1694 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1695 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1696 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1697 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1698 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1699 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1700 |
| 159 | 1701 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1702 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1703 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1704 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 Expression *ec; | |
| 1709 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1710 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1711 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1712 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1713 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1714 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1715 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1716 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1717 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1718 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1719 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1720 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1721 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1722 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1723 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1724 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1725 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1726 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1727 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1728 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1729 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1730 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1731 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1732 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1733 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1734 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1735 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1736 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1737 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1738 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1739 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1740 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1741 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1742 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1743 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1744 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1745 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1746 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1747 } | |
| 1748 else | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1751 } | |
| 1752 return e; | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1759 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1760 { | |
| 1761 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1762 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1768 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1769 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1770 return t; | |
| 1771 } | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1774 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1775 |
| 1776 if (!dim) | |
| 1777 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1778 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1779 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1780 { | |
| 1781 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1782 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1783 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1786 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1787 |
| 1788 n = next->size(); | |
| 1789 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1790 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1791 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1792 sz = n2; | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 return sz; | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1797 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1798 return 1; |
| 1799 } | |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1802 { | |
| 1803 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1804 } | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /************************** | |
| 1807 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1808 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1809 */ | |
| 1810 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1811 { | |
| 1812 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1813 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1814 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1815 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 sc->pop(); | |
| 1820 } | |
| 1821 else | |
| 1822 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1823 return exp; | |
| 1824 } | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1827 { | |
| 1828 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1829 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1830 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 sc->pop(); | |
| 1835 return exp; | |
| 1836 } | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1839 { | |
| 1840 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1841 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1842 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1843 if (*pe) | |
| 1844 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1845 Expression *e; | |
| 1846 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1847 *pe = e; | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 else if (*ps) | |
| 1850 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1851 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1852 if (td) | |
| 1853 { | |
| 1854 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1855 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1856 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1859 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1860 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1865 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1866 goto Ldefault; |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1869 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1870 { | |
| 1871 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1872 return; | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1875 { | |
| 1876 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1877 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1878 return; | |
| 1879 } | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1882 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1883 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1884 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1885 */ | |
| 1886 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1887 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1888 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1891 *ps = tds; | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 else | |
| 1897 { | |
| 1898 Ldefault: | |
| 1899 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1900 } | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1904 { | |
| 1905 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 Type *t; | |
| 1908 Expression *e; | |
| 1909 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1910 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1911 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1912 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1915 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1916 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1919 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1920 return Type::terror; |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1923 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1924 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1925 return Type::terror; | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1928 return t; | |
| 1929 } | |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1932 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1935 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1936 |
| 1937 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1940 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1941 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1942 { | |
| 1943 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1944 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1945 */ | |
| 1946 return this; | |
| 1947 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1948 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1949 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1950 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1951 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1952 |
| 1953 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1954 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1957 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1958 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1959 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1960 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1961 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1962 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1963 { | |
| 1964 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1965 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1966 */ | |
| 1967 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1968 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1969 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1970 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1971 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1972 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1973 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1976 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1977 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1978 } | |
| 1979 } | |
| 1980 } | |
| 1981 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 case Ttuple: | |
| 1984 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1985 assert(dim); | |
| 1986 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1987 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1990 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1991 return Type::terror; |
| 1992 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1993 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; |
| 159 | 1994 return arg->type; |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 case Tfunction: | |
| 1997 case Tnone: | |
| 1998 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1999 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 2000 break; | |
| 2001 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2002 if (tbn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2003 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tbn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2004 return merge(); |
| 2005 } | |
| 2006 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2007 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2008 { |
| 2009 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2010 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2011 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 2012 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2013 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2014 } |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2017 { | |
| 2018 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2019 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2020 return; | |
| 2021 } | |
| 2022 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2023 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 2024 } | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2029 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2030 #endif | |
| 2031 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 e = dim; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 else | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 return e; | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2047 { | |
| 2048 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2049 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2050 } | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2062 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2063 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2064 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2065 { | |
| 2066 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2067 } | |
| 2068 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2069 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2072 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2073 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2074 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 #if 0 | |
| 2077 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2078 { | |
| 2079 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2082 { | |
| 2083 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 #endif | |
| 2087 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2088 } | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2093 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2094 #endif | |
| 2095 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2096 } | |
| 2097 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2098 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2099 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2100 return next->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 2101 } |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2105 { | |
| 2106 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2107 if (e) | |
| 2108 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2109 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2110 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2111 } | |
| 2112 return e; | |
| 2113 } | |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2123 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2126 } | |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2131 if (t == next) | |
| 2132 t = this; | |
| 2133 else | |
| 2134 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2135 return t; | |
| 2136 } | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2139 { | |
| 2140 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2141 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2147 // boundary | |
| 2148 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2152 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2155 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2156 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2157 { | |
| 2158 case Tfunction: | |
| 2159 case Tnone: | |
| 2160 case Ttuple: | |
| 2161 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2162 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2163 break; | |
| 2164 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2165 if (tn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2166 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2167 if (next != tn) |
| 2168 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2169 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2170 return merge(); | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2173 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2174 { |
| 2175 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2176 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2177 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2178 } |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2181 { | |
| 2182 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2183 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2184 return; | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2187 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2188 } | |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2191 { | |
| 2192 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2193 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2194 #endif | |
| 2195 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2198 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2201 } | |
| 2202 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2203 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2204 return e; | |
| 2205 } | |
| 2206 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2209 return e; | |
| 2210 } | |
| 2211 else | |
| 2212 { | |
| 2213 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 return e; | |
| 2216 } | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2219 { | |
| 2220 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2221 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2222 } | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2229 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2230 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2231 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2232 { | |
| 2233 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2237 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2240 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2241 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2242 } | |
| 2243 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2244 } | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2247 { | |
| 2248 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2249 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2250 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2251 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2252 } |
| 2253 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2254 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2255 { |
| 2256 return 1; | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2260 { | |
| 2261 return TRUE; | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 return TRUE; | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2272 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2273 { | |
| 2274 this->index = index; | |
| 2275 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2279 { | |
| 2280 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2281 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2282 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2283 t = this; | |
| 2284 else | |
| 2285 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2286 return t; | |
| 2287 } | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2290 { | |
| 2291 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2296 { | |
| 2297 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2300 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2301 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 Expression *e; | |
| 2304 Type *t; | |
| 2305 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2308 if (e) | |
| 2309 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2310 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2311 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2314 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 else if (t) | |
| 2317 index = t; | |
| 2318 else | |
| 2319 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 else | |
| 2322 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2325 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2326 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2327 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2328 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2329 { | |
| 2330 #if 0 | |
| 2331 case Tint8: | |
| 2332 case Tuns8: | |
| 2333 case Tint16: | |
| 2334 case Tuns16: | |
| 2335 key = tint32; | |
| 2336 break; | |
| 2337 #endif | |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 case Tsarray: | |
| 2340 #if 0 | |
| 2341 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2342 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2343 #endif | |
| 2344 break; | |
| 2345 case Tbit: | |
| 2346 case Tbool: | |
| 2347 case Tfunction: | |
| 2348 case Tvoid: | |
| 2349 case Tnone: | |
| 1587 | 2350 case Ttuple: |
| 159 | 2351 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); |
| 2352 break; | |
| 2353 } | |
| 2354 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2355 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2356 { | |
| 2357 case Tfunction: | |
| 2358 case Tnone: | |
| 2359 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2360 break; | |
| 2361 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2362 if (next->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2363 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", next->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2364 |
| 2365 return merge(); | |
| 2366 } | |
| 2367 | |
| 336 | 2368 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2373 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2374 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2375 { | |
| 2376 Expression *e; | |
| 2377 Type *t; | |
| 2378 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2381 if (e) | |
| 2382 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2383 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2386 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2387 } | |
| 2388 else if (t) | |
| 2389 index = t; | |
| 2390 else | |
| 2391 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2392 } | |
| 2393 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2394 } | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | |
| 159 | 2397 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2398 { | |
| 2399 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2400 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2401 #endif | |
| 2402 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 Expression *ec; | |
| 2405 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2406 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2407 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2410 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2411 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2412 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2413 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2414 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2415 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2416 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2417 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2418 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2419 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2420 } |
| 2421 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2422 { | |
| 2423 Expression *ec; | |
| 2424 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2425 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2428 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2429 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2430 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2431 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2432 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2433 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2434 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2435 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2437 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2438 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2439 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2440 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2441 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2442 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2443 } | |
| 2444 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2445 { | |
| 2446 Expression *ec; | |
| 2447 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2448 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2449 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2450 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2451 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2452 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2453 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2454 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2455 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2456 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2457 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2458 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2459 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2460 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2461 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2462 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2463 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2464 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2465 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2466 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2467 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2468 } | |
| 2469 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2470 { | |
| 2471 Expression *ec; | |
| 2472 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2473 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2474 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2475 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2476 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2477 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2478 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2479 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2480 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2481 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2482 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2483 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2484 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2485 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2486 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2487 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2488 e->type = this; | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 else | |
| 2491 { | |
| 2492 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2493 } | |
| 2494 return e; | |
| 2495 } | |
| 2496 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2497 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2498 { |
| 2499 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2500 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2501 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2502 } |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2507 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2508 return; | |
| 2509 } | |
| 2510 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2511 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2512 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2513 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2514 } | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2517 { | |
| 2518 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2519 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2520 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2521 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2522 } |
| 2523 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2524 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2525 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2526 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2527 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2528 |
| 159 | 2529 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 return TRUE; | |
| 2532 } | |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 return TRUE; | |
| 2537 } | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2542 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2543 { | |
| 2544 } | |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2547 { | |
| 2548 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2549 if (t == next) | |
| 2550 t = this; | |
| 2551 else | |
| 2552 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2553 return t; | |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2557 { | |
| 1587 | 2558 if (deco) |
| 2559 return this; | |
| 2560 | |
| 159 | 2561 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); |
| 2562 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2563 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2564 { | |
| 2565 case Ttuple: | |
| 2566 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2567 n = tint32; | |
| 2568 break; | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 if (n != next) | |
| 2571 deco = NULL; | |
| 2572 next = n; | |
| 2573 return merge(); | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2578 { | |
| 2579 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2580 } | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2583 { | |
| 2584 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2585 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2586 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2587 return; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2590 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2591 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2592 } | |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2595 { | |
| 2596 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 if (this == to) | |
| 2599 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2600 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2601 { | |
| 2602 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2603 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 #if 0 | |
| 2606 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2607 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2608 #endif | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2611 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2612 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2615 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2616 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2617 } | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2620 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2621 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2622 } | |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2625 { | |
| 2626 return TRUE; | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2632 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2633 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2634 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2635 } |
| 2636 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2637 int TypePointer::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2638 { |
| 2639 return 1; | |
| 2640 } | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 return TRUE; | |
| 2645 } | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2651 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2652 { | |
| 2653 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2654 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2655 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2659 { | |
| 2660 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2661 if (t == next) | |
| 2662 t = this; | |
| 2663 else | |
| 2664 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2665 return t; | |
| 2666 } | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2669 { | |
| 2670 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2671 } | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2674 { | |
| 2675 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2676 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2677 return; | |
| 2678 } | |
| 2679 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2680 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2681 } | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2684 { | |
| 2685 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2686 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2687 #endif | |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 // References just forward things along | |
| 2690 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2691 } | |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2696 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2697 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2698 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2699 } |
| 2700 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2701 int TypeReference::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2702 { |
| 2703 return 1; | |
| 2704 } | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2708 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2709 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Parameters *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) |
| 159 | 2710 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) |
| 2711 { | |
| 2712 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2713 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2714 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2715 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2716 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2717 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2718 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2719 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2720 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2721 #endif |
| 159 | 2722 } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2725 { | |
| 2726 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2727 Parameters *params = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2728 Type *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2729 return t; |
| 2730 } | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 /******************************* | |
| 2733 * Returns: | |
| 2734 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2735 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2736 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2737 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2738 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2739 */ | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2742 { | |
| 2743 #if 0 | |
| 2744 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2745 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2746 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2747 #endif | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2752 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2753 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2754 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 { | |
| 2757 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2758 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2761 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2764 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2765 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(t1->parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2766 if (dim != Parameter::dim(t2->parameters)) |
| 159 | 2767 goto Ldistinct; |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2770 { Parameter *arg1 = Parameter::getNth(t1->parameters, i); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2771 Parameter *arg2 = Parameter::getNth(t2->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 2772 |
| 2773 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2774 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2775 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2776 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2777 } | |
| 2778 } | |
| 2779 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2780 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 // The argument lists match | |
| 2783 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2784 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2785 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2786 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2789 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2790 | |
| 1587 | 2791 if (!t1n || !t2n) // happens with return type inference |
| 2792 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2793 | |
| 159 | 2794 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) |
| 2795 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2796 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2797 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2800 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2801 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2802 { | |
| 2803 return 3; | |
| 2804 } | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2807 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2808 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2809 } | |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 Lcovariant: | |
| 2812 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2813 return 1; | |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 Ldistinct: | |
| 2816 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2817 return 0; | |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2820 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2821 return 2; | |
| 2822 } | |
| 2823 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2824 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2825 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2828 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2829 if (inuse) | |
| 2830 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2831 return; | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 inuse++; | |
| 2834 switch (linkage) | |
| 2835 { | |
| 2836 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2837 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2838 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2839 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2840 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2842 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2843 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
| 159 | 2845 default: |
| 2846 assert(0); | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2849 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2850 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2851 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2852 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2853 { |
|
1282
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2854 if (funcdecl->needThis()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2855 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2856 AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember2(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2857 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2858 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2859 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2860 /* BUG This causes problems with delegate types |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2861 On the other hand, the llvm type for nested functions *is* different |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2862 so not doing anything here may be lead to bugs! |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2863 A sane solution would be DtoType(Dsymbol)... |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2864 if (funcdecl->isNested()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2865 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2866 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2867 if (funcdecl->toParent2() && funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2868 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2869 FuncDeclaration* fd = funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2870 fd->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2871 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2872 }*/ |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2873 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2874 |
| 159 | 2875 // Write argument types |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2876 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2877 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2878 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2879 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2880 inuse--; |
| 2881 } | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2884 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2885 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2886 |
| 2887 if (inuse) | |
| 2888 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2889 return; | |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 inuse++; | |
| 2892 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2893 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2894 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2895 { | |
| 2896 switch (linkage) | |
| 2897 { | |
| 2898 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2899 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2900 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2901 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2902 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2903 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2904 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2905 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
| 159 | 2907 default: |
| 2908 assert(0); | |
| 2909 } | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2913 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2914 if (ident) | |
| 2915 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2916 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2917 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2918 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2919 inuse--; |
| 2920 } | |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2923 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2924 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2925 |
| 2926 if (inuse) | |
| 2927 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2928 return; | |
| 2929 } | |
| 2930 inuse++; | |
| 2931 if (next) | |
| 2932 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2933 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 switch (linkage) | |
| 2936 { | |
| 2937 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 1587 | 2938 case LINKc: p = " C"; break; |
| 2939 case LINKwindows: p = " Windows"; break; | |
| 2940 case LINKpascal: p = " Pascal"; break; | |
| 2941 case LINKcpp: p = " C++"; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2942 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2943 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2944 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2945 |
| 159 | 2946 default: |
| 2947 assert(0); | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2952 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2953 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2954 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2955 inuse--; |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2959 { | |
| 2960 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2961 { | |
| 2962 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2963 return this; | |
| 2964 } | |
| 2965 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2966 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() %s, sc->stc = %x\n", toChars(), sc->stc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2967 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2968 /* Copy in order to not mess up original. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2969 * This can produce redundant copies if inferring return type, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2970 * as semantic() will get called again on this. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2971 */ |
| 159 | 2972 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); |
| 2973 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2974 if (parameters) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2975 { tf->parameters = (Parameters *)parameters->copy(); |
| 159 | 2976 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2977 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2978 Parameter *cpy = (Parameter *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Parameter)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2979 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Parameter)); |
| 159 | 2980 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; |
| 2981 } | |
| 2982 } | |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 1587 | 2985 if (tf->next) |
| 159 | 2986 { |
| 1587 | 2987 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2988 #if !SARRAYVALUE |
| 1587 | 2989 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) |
| 2990 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2991 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2992 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2993 #endif |
| 1587 | 2994 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) |
| 2995 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2996 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2999 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 3000 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 3001 } | |
| 3002 if (tf->next->isscope() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 3003 error(loc, "functions cannot return scope %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 3004 } | |
| 159 | 3005 |
| 3006 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 1587 | 3007 { |
| 3008 /* Create a scope for evaluating the default arguments for the parameters | |
| 3009 */ | |
| 3010 Scope *argsc = sc->push(); | |
| 3011 argsc->stc = 0; // don't inherit storage class | |
| 3012 argsc->protection = PROTpublic; | |
| 3013 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3014 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3015 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3016 { Parameter *fparam = Parameter::getNth(tf->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 3017 |
| 3018 tf->inuse++; | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3019 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc, argsc); |
| 159 | 3020 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3022 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3023 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3024 if (fparam->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3025 fparam->type = fparam->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3026 tf->inuse++; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3027 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3028 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3029 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3030 |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3031 Type *t = fparam->type->toBasetype(); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3032 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3033 if (fparam->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) |
| 159 | 3034 { |
| 3035 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 3036 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 3037 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3038 if (!(fparam->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3039 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", fparam->type->toChars()); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3040 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3041 if (fparam->defaultArg) |
| 159 | 3042 { |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3043 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->semantic(argsc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3044 fparam->defaultArg = resolveProperties(argsc, fparam->defaultArg); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3045 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(argsc, fparam->type); |
| 159 | 3046 } |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 3049 * change. | |
| 3050 */ | |
| 3051 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3052 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3053 // Propagate storage class from tuple parameters to their element-parameters. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3054 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3055 if (tt->arguments) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3056 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3057 size_t tdim = tt->arguments->dim; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3058 for (size_t j = 0; j < tdim; j++) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3059 { Parameter *narg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[j]; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3060 narg->storageClass = fparam->storageClass; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3061 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3062 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3064 /* Reset number of parameters, and back up one to do this arg again, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3065 * now that it is the first element of a tuple |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3066 */ |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3067 dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3068 i--; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3069 continue; |
| 159 | 3070 } |
| 3071 } | |
| 1587 | 3072 argsc->pop(); |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 if (tf->next) | |
| 3075 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 159 | 3076 |
| 3077 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3078 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3079 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3080 return terror; | |
| 3081 } | |
| 3082 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3083 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 3084 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3087 * can be different | |
| 3088 * even though the types match | |
| 3089 */ | |
| 3090 return tf; | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 /******************************** | |
| 3094 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3095 * Determine match level. | |
| 3096 * Returns: | |
| 3097 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3098 */ | |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3103 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3104 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3105 size_t nparams = Parameter::dim(parameters); |
| 159 | 3106 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; |
| 3107 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3108 ; | |
| 3109 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3110 { | |
| 3111 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3112 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3113 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3117 { int m; | |
| 3118 Expression *arg; | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3121 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3122 Parameter *p = Parameter::getNth(parameters, u); |
| 159 | 3123 assert(p); |
| 3124 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3125 { | |
| 3126 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3127 continue; | |
| 3128 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3129 goto L1; | |
| 3130 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3131 } | |
| 3132 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3133 assert(arg); | |
| 3134 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3135 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3136 else | |
| 3137 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3138 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3139 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3140 { | |
| 3141 L1: | |
| 3142 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3143 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3144 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3145 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3146 |
| 3147 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 case Tsarray: | |
| 3150 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3151 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3152 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3153 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3154 case Tarray: | |
| 3155 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3156 { | |
| 3157 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3158 assert(arg); | |
| 3159 #if 1 | |
| 3160 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3161 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3162 */ | |
| 3163 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3164 if (tret) | |
| 3165 { | |
| 3166 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3167 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3168 } | |
| 3169 else | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3172 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3173 { | |
| 3174 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3175 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3176 } | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 else | |
| 3180 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3181 #else | |
| 3182 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3183 #endif | |
| 3184 if (m == 0) | |
| 3185 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3186 if (m < match) | |
| 3187 match = m; | |
| 3188 } | |
| 3189 goto Ldone; | |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 case Tclass: | |
| 3192 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3193 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3194 goto Ldone; | |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 default: | |
| 3197 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3198 } | |
| 3199 } | |
| 3200 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3201 } | |
| 3202 if (m < match) | |
| 3203 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 Ldone: | |
| 3207 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3208 return match; | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 Nomatch: | |
| 3211 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3212 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3216 { | |
| 3217 if (parameters) | |
| 3218 { | |
| 3219 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3220 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
| 159 | 3221 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 3222 if (t) | |
| 3223 return t; | |
| 3224 } | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3232 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3233 { | |
| 3234 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3235 } | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3238 { | |
| 3239 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3240 if (t == next) | |
| 3241 t = this; | |
| 3242 else | |
| 3243 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3244 return t; | |
| 3245 } | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3248 { | |
| 3249 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3252 return this; | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3255 return merge(); | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3261 } | |
| 3262 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3263 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3264 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3265 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3266 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3267 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3268 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3269 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3270 |
| 159 | 3271 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3272 { | |
| 3273 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3274 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3275 return; | |
| 3276 } | |
| 3277 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3280 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3281 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); |
| 159 | 3282 } |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3285 { | |
| 3286 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3287 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3288 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
3289 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 3290 } |
| 3291 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3292 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 3293 { |
| 3294 return 1; | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3298 { | |
| 3299 return TRUE; | |
| 3300 } | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3303 { | |
| 3304 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3305 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3306 #endif | |
| 3307 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3308 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3309 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3310 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3311 return e; | |
| 3312 } | |
| 3313 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3314 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3315 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3316 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3317 return e; |
| 3318 } | |
| 3319 else | |
| 3320 { | |
| 3321 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3322 } | |
| 3323 return e; | |
| 3324 } | |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3327 { | |
| 3328 return TRUE; | |
| 3329 } | |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3336 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3337 { | |
| 3338 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3344 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3345 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3348 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3349 { | |
| 3350 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3353 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3356 } | |
| 3357 } | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 int i; | |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3370 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3377 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3378 } | |
| 3379 else | |
| 3380 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3381 } | |
| 3382 } | |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3385 { | |
| 3386 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3387 return 1; | |
| 3388 } | |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 /************************************* | |
| 3391 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3392 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3393 * Output: | |
| 3394 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3395 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3396 */ | |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3399 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3400 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3401 { | |
| 3402 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3403 int i; | |
| 3404 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3405 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3406 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3407 Type *t; | |
| 3408 Expression *e; | |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 #if 0 | |
| 3411 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3412 if (scopesym) | |
| 3413 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3414 #endif | |
| 3415 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3416 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3417 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3418 if (s) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3421 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3422 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3423 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3424 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3425 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3428 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3429 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3430 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3431 if (!sm) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3434 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3435 { | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3436 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3437 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 else | |
| 3440 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3441 t = e->type; | |
| 3442 if (!t) | |
| 3443 goto Lerror; | |
| 3444 goto L3; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 1587 | 3446 else if (v && id == Id::stringof) |
| 3447 { | |
| 3448 e = new DsymbolExp(loc, s); | |
| 3449 do | |
| 3450 { | |
| 3451 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3452 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3453 } while (++i < idents.dim); | |
| 3454 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 3455 *pe = e; | |
| 3456 return; | |
| 3457 } | |
| 3458 | |
| 159 | 3459 t = s->getType(); |
| 3460 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3461 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3462 if (t) | |
| 3463 { | |
| 3464 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3465 if (sm) | |
| 3466 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3467 if (sm) | |
| 3468 goto L2; | |
| 3469 } | |
| 3470 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3471 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3472 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3473 i++; | |
| 3474 L3: | |
| 3475 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3476 { | |
| 3477 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3478 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3479 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 *pe = e; | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 else | |
| 3484 Lerror: | |
| 3485 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3486 return; | |
| 3487 } | |
| 3488 L2: | |
| 3489 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3493 if (v) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3496 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3497 { |
| 3498 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3499 assert(ei); | |
| 3500 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3501 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 else | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 #if 0 | |
| 3506 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3507 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3508 { | |
| 3509 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3510 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3511 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3512 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 else | |
| 3515 #endif | |
| 3516 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 return; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3521 if (em) | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3524 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3525 return; | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 L1: | |
| 3529 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3530 if (!t) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3533 Import *si; | |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3536 if (si) | |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3539 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3540 goto L1; | |
| 3541 s = si; | |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 *ps = s; | |
| 3544 return; | |
| 3545 } | |
| 3546 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3547 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3548 return; | |
| 3549 } | |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 if (t != this) | |
| 3552 { | |
| 3553 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3554 { | |
| 1587 | 3555 if (s->scope) |
| 3556 t = t->semantic(loc, s->scope); | |
| 3557 else | |
| 159 | 3558 { |
| 1587 | 3559 /* Attempt to find correct scope in which to evaluate t. |
| 3560 * Not sure if this is right or not, or if we should just | |
| 3561 * give forward reference error if s->scope is not set. | |
| 3562 */ | |
| 3563 for (Scope *scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3564 { | |
| 3565 if (!scx) | |
| 3566 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3567 return; | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3570 { | |
| 3571 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3572 break; | |
| 3573 } | |
| 159 | 3574 } |
| 3575 } | |
| 3576 } | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3579 *pt = t; |
| 1587 | 3580 else if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
| 3581 *pt = t->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 3582 else |
| 3583 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 if (!s) | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 } | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3594 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3605 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3606 return t; | |
| 3607 } | |
| 3608 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3609 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3610 { unsigned len; |
| 3611 char *name; | |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3614 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3615 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3616 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3620 { | |
| 3621 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3622 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3623 return; | |
| 3624 } | |
| 3625 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3626 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3627 } | |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 /************************************* | |
| 3630 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3631 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3632 * Output: | |
| 3633 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3634 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3635 */ | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3638 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3639 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3642 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3643 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 /***************************************** | |
| 3647 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3648 * return that symbol. | |
| 3649 */ | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3652 { | |
| 3653 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3654 if (!sc) | |
| 3655 return NULL; | |
| 3656 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3659 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3660 if (s) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3663 { | |
| 3664 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3665 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3666 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3667 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3668 break; | |
| 3669 } | |
| 3670 } | |
| 3671 } | |
| 3672 return s; | |
| 3673 } | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3676 { | |
| 3677 Type *t; | |
| 3678 Expression *e; | |
| 3679 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3682 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3683 if (t) | |
| 3684 { | |
| 3685 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3688 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3691 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 } | |
| 3694 else | |
| 3695 { | |
| 3696 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3697 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3698 printf("1: "); | |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 3700 if (s) | |
| 3701 { | |
| 3702 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3703 } | |
| 3704 else | |
| 3705 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3706 t = tvoid; | |
| 3707 } | |
| 3708 //t->print(); | |
| 3709 return t; | |
| 3710 } | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3713 { | |
| 3714 return this; | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3718 { | |
| 3719 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3720 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3721 { | |
| 3722 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3723 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 return e; | |
| 3727 } | |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3732 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3733 { | |
| 3734 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3735 } | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3738 { | |
| 3739 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3740 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3743 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3744 return t; | |
| 3745 } | |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3749 { | |
| 3750 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3751 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3752 return; | |
| 3753 } | |
| 3754 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3755 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3756 } | |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3765 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3766 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 #if 0 | |
| 3769 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3770 { | |
| 3771 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3772 return; | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 #endif | |
| 3775 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3776 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3777 s = tempinst; | |
| 3778 if (s) | |
| 3779 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3780 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3781 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3782 } | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 Type *t; | |
| 3787 Expression *e; | |
| 3788 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 3794 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3795 global.gag++; | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 global.gag--; | |
| 3800 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3801 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3802 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3803 return this; | |
| 3804 } | |
| 3805 } | |
| 3806 else | |
| 3807 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 if (!t) | |
| 3810 { | |
| 3811 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 1587 | 3812 if (s) printf("s = %s\n", s->kind()); |
| 3813 printf("2: e:%p s:%p ", e, s); | |
| 159 | 3814 #endif |
| 3815 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3816 t = tvoid; | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3818 return t; | |
| 3819 } | |
| 3820 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3821 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3822 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3823 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3824 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3825 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3827 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3828 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3829 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3830 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3831 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3832 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3833 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3834 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3835 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3836 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3837 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3838 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3839 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3840 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3841 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3842 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3843 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3844 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3845 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3846 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3847 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3848 |
| 159 | 3849 |
| 3850 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3853 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3856 } | |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3859 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3860 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3861 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3864 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3865 return t; | |
| 3866 } | |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 Type *t; | |
| 3871 | |
| 336 | 3872 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3873 if (t == this) |
| 3874 return NULL; | |
| 3875 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3879 { | |
| 3880 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3881 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3882 return; | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3885 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3886 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3887 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3888 } | |
| 3889 | |
| 1587 | 3890 void TypeTypeof::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 3891 { | |
| 3892 assert(0); | |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 | |
| 159 | 3895 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3896 { Expression *e; | |
| 3897 Type *t; | |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 #if 0 | |
| 3904 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3905 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3906 */ | |
| 3907 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3910 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3911 { | |
| 3912 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3913 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 if (!s) | |
| 3916 { | |
| 3917 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3918 goto Lerr; | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3921 if (cd) | |
| 3922 { | |
| 3923 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3926 if (!cd) | |
| 3927 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3928 goto Lerr; | |
| 3929 } | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 t = cd->type; | |
| 3932 break; | |
| 3933 } | |
| 3934 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3935 if (sd) | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3938 { | |
| 3939 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3940 goto Lerr; | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3943 break; | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 } | |
| 3946 } | |
| 3947 else | |
| 3948 #endif | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3951 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3952 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3953 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3956 goto Lerr; |
| 336 | 3957 } |
| 159 | 3958 t = exp->type; |
| 3959 if (!t) | |
| 3960 { | |
| 3961 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3962 goto Lerr; | |
| 3963 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3964 if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3965 { error(loc, "forward reference to %s", toChars()); |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3966 goto Lerr; |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3967 } |
| 159 | 3968 } |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3971 { | |
| 3972 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3973 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 if (!s) | |
| 3976 break; | |
| 3977 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3978 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3979 } | |
| 3980 if (s) | |
| 3981 { | |
| 3982 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3983 if (!t) | |
| 3984 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3985 goto Lerr; | |
| 3986 } | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 else | |
| 3989 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3990 goto Lerr; | |
| 3991 } | |
| 3992 } | |
| 3993 return t; | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 Lerr: | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3996 return terror; |
| 159 | 3997 } |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4000 { | |
| 4001 if (exp->type) | |
| 4002 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 4003 else | |
| 4004 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 4005 } | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4012 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 4013 { | |
| 4014 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4015 } | |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 4018 { | |
| 4019 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4022 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4023 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4024 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4025 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4026 |
| 159 | 4027 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 4028 { | |
| 1587 | 4029 //sym->semantic(sc); |
| 159 | 4030 return merge(); |
| 4031 } | |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4038 return 4; | |
| 4039 } | |
| 4040 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4048 printf("1: "); | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4051 return 4; | |
| 4052 } | |
| 4053 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 4054 } | |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4057 { | |
| 4058 return sym; | |
| 4059 } | |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 4062 { | |
|
1623
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4063 if (sym->scope) |
|
1630
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4064 { // Enum is forward referenced. We don't need to resolve the whole thing, |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4065 // just the base type |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4066 if (sym->memtype) |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4067 { sym->memtype = sym->memtype->semantic(sym->loc, sym->scope); |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4068 } |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4069 else |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4070 { if (!sym->isAnonymous()) |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4071 sym->memtype = Type::tint32; |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4072 } |
|
1623
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4073 } |
| 159 | 4074 if (!sym->memtype) |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4077 printf("2: "); | |
| 4078 #endif | |
| 4079 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4080 return terror; |
| 159 | 4081 } |
| 4082 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4083 } | |
| 4084 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4085 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4086 { char *name; |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4089 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4090 // name += 2; | |
| 4091 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4092 } | |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4097 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4098 return; | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4104 { | |
| 4105 EnumMember *m; | |
| 4106 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4107 Expression *em; | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4110 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4111 #endif | |
| 4112 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4113 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4114 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4115 if (!s) | |
| 4116 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4117 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4118 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4119 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4120 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4121 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4122 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4123 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4124 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4125 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4126 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 4127 } |
| 4128 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4129 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4130 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4131 return em; | |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 Lfwd: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4134 error(e->loc, "forward reference of enum %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4135 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, Type::terror); |
| 159 | 4136 } |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4139 { Expression *e; | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4142 { | |
| 4143 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4144 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4145 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4146 } | |
| 4147 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4148 { | |
| 4149 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4150 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4151 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4152 } | |
| 4153 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4154 { | |
| 4155 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4156 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4157 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4158 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4159 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4160 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4161 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4162 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4163 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4164 } |
| 159 | 4165 else |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4168 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4169 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 return e; | |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 Lfwd: | |
| 4174 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4175 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4176 } | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 return 1; | |
| 4181 } | |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4184 { | |
| 4185 return 0; | |
| 4186 } | |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4189 { | |
| 4190 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4194 { | |
| 4195 return 1; | |
| 4196 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4197 } | |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4200 { MATCH m; | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4203 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4204 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4205 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4206 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4207 else | |
| 4208 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4209 return m; | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4215 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4216 #endif | |
| 4217 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4218 Expression *e; | |
| 4219 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4220 return e; | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4223 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4224 { |
| 4225 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4229 { | |
| 4230 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4236 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4237 { | |
| 4238 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 return this; | |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4247 { | |
| 4248 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4249 } | |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4254 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4255 return merge(); | |
| 4256 } | |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4259 { | |
| 4260 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4261 } | |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4264 { | |
| 4265 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4266 } | |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4269 { | |
| 4270 return sym; | |
| 4271 } | |
| 4272 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4273 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4274 { unsigned len; |
| 4275 char *name; | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4278 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4279 // name += 2; | |
| 4280 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4281 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4282 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4283 } | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4286 { | |
| 4287 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4288 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4289 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4290 return; | |
| 4291 } | |
| 4292 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4293 } | |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4298 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4299 #endif | |
| 4300 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4301 { | |
| 4302 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4305 } | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4308 { | |
| 4309 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4310 { | |
| 4311 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4312 } | |
| 4313 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4317 { | |
| 4318 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4319 } | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4322 { | |
| 4323 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4324 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4325 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4326 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4330 { | |
| 4331 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4332 } | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4335 { | |
| 4336 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4340 { | |
| 4341 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4342 } | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4345 { | |
| 4346 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4350 { | |
| 4351 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4352 } | |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4355 { | |
| 4356 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4357 } | |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4360 { | |
| 4361 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4365 { | |
| 4366 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4367 { | |
| 4368 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4369 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4370 return Type::terror; | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4373 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4374 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4375 return t; | |
| 4376 } | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4379 { MATCH m; | |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4382 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4383 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4384 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4385 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4386 else | |
| 4387 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4388 return m; | |
| 4389 } | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4392 { Expression *e; | |
| 4393 Type *bt; | |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4396 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4397 #endif | |
| 4398 if (sym->init) | |
| 4399 { | |
| 4400 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4401 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4402 } | |
| 4403 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4404 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4405 e->type = this; | |
| 4406 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4407 { | |
| 4408 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4409 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4410 } | |
| 4411 return e; | |
| 4412 } | |
| 4413 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4414 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4415 { |
| 4416 if (sym->init) | |
| 4417 { | |
| 4418 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4419 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4420 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4421 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4422 return 1; | |
| 4423 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4426 { | |
| 4427 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4428 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 sym->inuse = 1; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4431 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 4432 sym->inuse = 0; |
| 4433 return result; | |
| 4434 } | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4439 } | |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4444 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4447 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4448 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4449 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4450 } |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4453 { | |
| 4454 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4455 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4456 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4457 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4458 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4459 } | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4462 { | |
| 4463 return this; | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4467 { | |
| 4468 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4471 * be right. | |
| 4472 */ | |
| 4473 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 return merge(); | |
| 4476 } | |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4479 { | |
| 4480 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4481 } | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4484 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4487 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4488 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4489 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4490 return sz; | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4494 { | |
| 4495 return sym; | |
| 4496 } | |
| 4497 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4498 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4499 { unsigned len; |
| 4500 char *name; | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4503 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4504 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4505 // name += 2; | |
| 4506 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4507 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4508 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4514 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4515 return; | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4518 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4519 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4520 else | |
| 4521 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4522 } | |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4525 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 Expression *b; | |
| 4528 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4529 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4530 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4531 Declaration *d; | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4534 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4535 #endif | |
| 4536 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4537 { | |
| 4538 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4539 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4540 } | |
| 4541 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4542 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4543 */ |
| 159 | 4544 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4545 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4546 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4547 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4548 */ |
| 336 | 4549 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4550 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4551 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4552 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4553 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4554 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4555 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4556 } | |
| 4557 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4558 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4559 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4560 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4561 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4562 return e; |
| 4563 } | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4566 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4569 { | |
| 4570 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4573 e = de->e1; | |
| 4574 goto L1; | |
| 4575 } | |
| 4576 } | |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4579 L1: | |
| 4580 if (!s) | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4583 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4584 } | |
| 336 | 4585 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4586 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4587 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4590 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4591 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 if (ei) | |
| 4594 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4595 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4596 return e; | |
| 4597 } | |
| 4598 } | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4601 { | |
| 4602 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4603 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4607 if (em) | |
| 4608 { | |
| 4609 assert(em->value); | |
| 4610 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4611 } | |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4614 if (tm) | |
| 4615 { Expression *de; | |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4618 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4619 return de; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4623 if (td) | |
| 4624 { | |
| 4625 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4626 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4627 return e; | |
| 4628 } | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4631 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 4632 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 159 | 4633 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 4634 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4635 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4636 goto L1; | |
| 4637 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4638 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4639 return de; | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4642 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4643 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4644 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4645 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4646 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4647 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4648 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4649 |
| 159 | 4650 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4651 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4652 if (!d) | |
| 4653 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4654 #endif | |
| 4655 assert(d); | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4658 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4661 { | |
| 4662 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4663 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4664 return e; | |
| 4665 } | |
| 4666 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4667 { | |
| 4668 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4669 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4670 return e; | |
| 4671 } | |
| 4672 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4673 } | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 // (e, d) | |
| 4678 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4681 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4682 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4683 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4684 return e; | |
| 4685 } | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 if (v) | |
| 4688 { | |
| 4689 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4690 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4693 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4694 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4695 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4696 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4697 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4698 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4699 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4700 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4701 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4702 #endif |
| 159 | 4703 } |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4706 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4707 } | |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4710 { | |
| 4711 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4712 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4716 { |
| 159 | 4717 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
| 4718 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4719 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4720 Declaration *d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4721 assert(d); |
| 4722 d->type = this; | |
| 4723 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4726 /*************************************** |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4727 * Use when we prefer the default initializer to be a literal, |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4728 * rather than a global immutable variable. |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4729 */ |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4730 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInitLiteral(Loc loc) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4731 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4732 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4733 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInitLiteral() '%s'\n", toChars()); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4734 #endif |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4735 Expressions *structelems = new Expressions(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4736 structelems->setDim(sym->fields.dim); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4737 for (size_t j = 0; j < structelems->dim; j++) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4738 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4739 VarDeclaration *vd = (VarDeclaration *)(sym->fields.data[j]); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4740 Expression *e; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4741 if (vd->init) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4742 e = vd->init->toExpression(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4743 else |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4744 e = vd->type->defaultInitLiteral(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4745 structelems->data[j] = e; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4746 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4747 StructLiteralExp *structinit = new StructLiteralExp(loc, (StructDeclaration *)sym, structelems); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4748 // Why doesn't the StructLiteralExp constructor do this, when |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4749 // sym->type != NULL ? |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4750 structinit->type = sym->type; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4751 return structinit; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4752 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4753 |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4754 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4755 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4756 { |
| 4757 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4758 } | |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4761 { | |
| 4762 return FALSE; | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4770 if (s->members) | |
| 4771 { | |
| 4772 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4773 { | |
| 4774 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4775 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4776 return TRUE; | |
| 4777 } | |
| 4778 } | |
| 4779 return FALSE; | |
| 4780 } | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4786 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4789 } | |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4792 { | |
| 1587 | 4793 return (char *)sym->toPrettyChars(); |
| 159 | 4794 } |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4797 { | |
| 4798 return this; | |
| 4799 } | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4802 { | |
| 4803 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 1587 | 4804 if (deco) |
| 4805 return this; | |
| 159 | 4806 return merge(); |
| 4807 } | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4810 { | |
| 4811 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4812 } | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4815 { | |
| 4816 return sym; | |
| 4817 } | |
| 4818 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4819 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4820 { unsigned len; |
| 4821 char *name; | |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4824 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4825 // name += 2; | |
| 4826 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4827 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4828 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4829 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4833 { | |
| 4834 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4835 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4836 return; | |
| 4837 } | |
| 4838 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4839 } | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4842 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 Expression *b; | |
| 4845 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4846 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4847 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4848 Declaration *d; | |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4851 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4852 #endif | |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4855 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4862 e = de->e1; | |
| 4863 goto L1; | |
| 4864 } | |
| 4865 } | |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4868 { | |
| 4869 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4870 */ | |
| 336 | 4871 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4872 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4873 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4874 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4875 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4876 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4877 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4878 } | |
| 4879 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4880 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4881 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4882 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4883 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4884 return e; |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4888 L1: | |
| 4889 if (!s) | |
| 4890 { | |
| 4891 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4892 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4893 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4896 { | |
| 4897 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4898 return e; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 } | |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4903 { | |
| 4904 Type *t; | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4907 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4908 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4909 { | |
| 4910 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4911 * at compile time. | |
| 4912 */ | |
| 4913 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4914 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4915 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4916 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4917 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4918 } | |
| 4919 else | |
| 4920 { | |
| 4921 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4922 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4923 */ | |
| 4924 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 Type* ct; | |
| 4927 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4928 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 else { | |
| 4931 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4932 } | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4935 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4936 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4937 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4938 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 4942 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4943 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4944 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4945 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4946 */ | |
| 4947 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4948 } | |
| 4949 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4950 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4951 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4952 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4953 */ | |
| 4954 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4955 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4956 } | |
| 336 | 4957 } |
| 159 | 4958 |
| 4959 #else | |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4962 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4963 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4964 { | |
| 4965 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4966 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4967 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4968 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4969 */ | |
| 4970 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4971 } | |
| 4972 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4973 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4974 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4975 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4976 */ | |
| 4977 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4978 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4979 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4980 } | |
| 4981 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4982 } |
| 4983 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4984 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4985 |
| 4986 return e; | |
| 4987 } | |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4990 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4991 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4992 */ | |
| 4993 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4994 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4995 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4996 return e; | |
| 4997 } | |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 5000 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 5001 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 5002 */ | |
| 5003 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 5004 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 5005 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 5006 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 5007 return e; |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 5011 { | |
| 5012 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 5013 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 5014 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 5015 } | |
| 5016 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 5017 { | |
| 5018 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 5019 } | |
| 5020 else | |
| 5021 { | |
| 5022 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 5023 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 } | |
| 336 | 5026 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 5027 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 5028 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 5029 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
5030 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 5031 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 if (ei) | |
| 5034 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 5035 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5036 return e; | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 } | |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 if (s->getType()) | |
| 5041 { | |
| 5042 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 5043 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 5044 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 5045 } | |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 5048 if (em) | |
| 5049 { | |
| 5050 assert(em->value); | |
| 5051 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 5052 } | |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 5055 if (tm) | |
| 5056 { Expression *de; | |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 5059 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5060 return de; | |
| 5061 } | |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 5064 if (td) | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 5067 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5068 return e; | |
| 5069 } | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 5072 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 5073 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 159 | 5074 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 5075 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 5076 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 5077 goto L1; | |
| 5078 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 5079 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5080 return de; | |
| 5081 } | |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 5084 if (!d) | |
| 5085 { | |
| 5086 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5087 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 5091 { | |
| 1587 | 5092 /* It's: |
| 5093 * Class.d | |
| 5094 */ | |
| 5095 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 5096 { | |
| 5097 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 5098 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5099 return e; | |
| 5100 } | |
| 5101 else if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !(sc->intypeof || d->isFuncDeclaration()))) | |
| 159 | 5102 { |
| 5103 if (sc->func) | |
| 5104 { | |
| 5105 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 5106 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 if (thiscd) | |
| 5109 { | |
| 5110 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 5113 { | |
| 5114 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 5115 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 5116 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5117 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5118 return e; | |
| 5119 } | |
| 5120 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 5121 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 5122 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 5123 } | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 5127 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5128 return e; | |
| 5129 } | |
| 1587 | 5130 else |
| 159 | 5131 { |
| 1587 | 5132 VarExp *ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); |
| 5133 return ve; | |
| 159 | 5134 } |
| 5135 } | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 5138 { | |
| 5139 // (e, d) | |
| 5140 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 5143 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5144 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5145 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5146 return e; | |
| 5147 } | |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 5150 { | |
| 5151 // (e, d) | |
| 5152 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5155 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5156 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5157 return e; | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5161 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5162 } | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5165 { | |
| 5166 return sym; | |
| 5167 } | |
| 5168 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5169 int TypeClass::isscope() |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5170 { |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5171 return sym->isscope; |
| 159 | 5172 } |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5175 { | |
| 5176 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5177 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5180 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5181 return 1; | |
| 5182 } | |
| 5183 return 0; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5187 { | |
| 5188 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5189 if (this == to) | |
| 5190 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5193 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5194 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5195 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5196 } | |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5199 { | |
| 5200 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5201 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5202 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5209 { | |
| 5210 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5211 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5212 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
5213 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 5214 } |
| 5215 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
5216 int TypeClass::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 5217 { |
| 5218 return 1; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5222 { | |
| 5223 return TRUE; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5227 { | |
| 5228 return TRUE; | |
| 5229 } | |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5232 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5233 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Parameters *arguments) |
| 159 | 5234 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) |
| 5235 { | |
| 5236 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5237 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5238 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5239 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5240 if (arguments) | |
| 5241 { | |
| 5242 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5243 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5244 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5245 assert(arg && arg->type); |
| 5246 } | |
| 5247 } | |
| 5248 #endif | |
| 5249 } | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 /**************** | |
| 5252 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5253 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5254 */ | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5257 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5258 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5259 Parameters *arguments = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5260 if (exps) |
| 5261 { | |
| 5262 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5263 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5264 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5265 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5266 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5267 Parameter *arg = new Parameter(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); |
| 159 | 5268 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 } | |
| 5271 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5272 } | |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5275 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5276 Parameters *args = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); |
| 159 | 5277 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); |
| 5278 return t; | |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5284 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5285 if (!deco) |
| 5286 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5289 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5290 */ | |
| 5291 return this; | |
| 5292 } | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5295 { Type *t; | |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5298 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5299 if (this == t) | |
| 5300 { | |
| 5301 return 1; | |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5304 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5307 { | |
| 5308 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5309 { Parameter *arg1 = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5310 Parameter *arg2 = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5311 |
| 5312 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5313 return 0; | |
| 5314 } | |
| 5315 return 1; | |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 } | |
| 5318 return 0; | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5322 { | |
| 5323 if (arguments) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5326 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5327 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5328 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 5329 if (t) | |
| 5330 return t; | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 } | |
| 5333 return NULL; | |
| 5334 } | |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5337 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5338 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); |
| 159 | 5339 } |
| 5340 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5341 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5342 { |
| 5343 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5344 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5345 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5346 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5347 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5351 { Expression *e; | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5354 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5355 #endif | |
| 5356 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5359 } | |
| 5360 else | |
| 5361 { | |
| 5362 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5363 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5364 } | |
| 5365 return e; | |
| 5366 } | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5373 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 5375 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5376 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5377 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5381 { | |
| 5382 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5383 return t; | |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5387 { | |
| 5388 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5389 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5390 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5393 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5394 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5395 return Type::terror; | |
| 5396 } | |
| 5397 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5400 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5401 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5404 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5405 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5408 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5409 return Type::terror; |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5412 Parameters *args = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5413 args->reserve(i2 - i1); |
| 5414 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5415 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5416 args->push(arg); |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5420 } | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5423 { | |
| 5424 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5425 if (*pe) | |
| 5426 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5427 Expression *e; | |
| 5428 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5429 *pe = e; | |
| 5430 } | |
| 5431 else if (*ps) | |
| 5432 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5433 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5434 if (td) | |
| 5435 { | |
| 5436 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5437 */ | |
| 5438 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5439 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5440 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5443 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5444 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5447 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5448 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5453 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5454 goto Ldefault; |
| 5455 } | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 *ps = td; | |
| 5460 return; | |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5464 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5465 */ | |
| 5466 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5467 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5468 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5469 { | |
| 5470 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5474 *ps = tds; | |
| 5475 } | |
| 5476 else | |
| 5477 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5478 } | |
| 5479 else | |
| 5480 { | |
| 5481 Ldefault: | |
| 5482 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5483 } | |
| 5484 } | |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5487 { | |
| 5488 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5489 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5490 return; | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5495 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5498 /***************************** Parameter *****************************/ |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5499 |
|
1621
fb2e6707ad17
Merge DMD r314+r315: bugzilla 2029 Typesafe variadic functions don't...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1619
diff
changeset
|
5500 Parameter::Parameter(StorageClass storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) |
| 159 | 5501 { |
| 5502 this->type = type; | |
| 5503 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5504 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5505 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5506 } | |
| 5507 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5508 Parameter *Parameter::syntaxCopy() |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5509 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5510 Parameter *a = new Parameter(storageClass, |
| 159 | 5511 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, |
| 5512 ident, | |
| 5513 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5514 return a; | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5517 Parameters *Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(Parameters *args) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5518 { Parameters *a = NULL; |
| 159 | 5519 |
| 5520 if (args) | |
| 5521 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5522 a = new Parameters(); |
| 159 | 5523 a->setDim(args->dim); |
| 5524 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5525 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5526 |
| 5527 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5528 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5529 } | |
| 5530 } | |
| 5531 return a; | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5534 char *Parameter::argsTypesToChars(Parameters *args, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5535 { OutBuffer *buf; |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5540 if (args) | |
| 5541 { int i; | |
| 5542 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5543 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5546 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5547 |
| 5548 if (i) | |
| 5549 buf->writeByte(','); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5550 arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5551 argbuf.reset(); |
| 5552 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5553 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 if (varargs) | |
| 5556 { | |
| 5557 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5558 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5559 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5560 } | |
| 5561 } | |
| 5562 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5565 } | |
| 5566 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5567 void Parameter::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Parameters *arguments, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5568 { |
| 5569 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5570 if (arguments) | |
| 5571 { int i; | |
| 5572 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5575 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5576 |
| 5577 if (i) | |
| 5578 buf->writestring(", "); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5579 arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5580 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) |
| 5581 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5582 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5583 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5584 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5585 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5586 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5587 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5588 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5589 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5590 { | |
| 5591 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5592 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5593 } | |
| 5594 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5595 } | |
| 5596 if (varargs) | |
| 5597 { | |
| 5598 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5599 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5600 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 } | |
| 5603 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5604 } | |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5607 void Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Parameters *arguments, bool mangle) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5608 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5609 //printf("Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); |
| 159 | 5610 |
| 5611 // Write argument types | |
| 5612 if (arguments) | |
| 5613 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5614 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(arguments); |
| 159 | 5615 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
| 5616 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5617 Parameter *arg = Parameter::getNth(arguments, i); |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5618 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5619 } |
| 5620 } | |
| 5621 } | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 /**************************************************** | |
| 5624 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5625 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5626 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5627 */ | |
| 5628 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5629 Type *Parameter::isLazyArray() |
| 159 | 5630 { |
| 5631 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5632 { | |
| 5633 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5634 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5635 { | |
| 5636 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5637 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5638 { | |
| 5639 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5640 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5641 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5642 if (!tf->varargs && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 5643 { |
| 5644 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5645 } | |
| 5646 } | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 } | |
| 5649 return NULL; | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5652 void Parameter::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5653 { |
| 5654 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5655 { case 0: | |
| 5656 case STCin: | |
| 5657 break; | |
| 5658 case STCout: | |
| 5659 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5660 break; | |
| 5661 case STCref: | |
| 5662 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5663 break; | |
| 5664 case STClazy: | |
| 5665 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5666 break; | |
| 5667 default: | |
| 5668 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5669 halt(); | |
| 5670 #endif | |
| 5671 assert(0); | |
| 5672 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5673 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5674 } |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 /*************************************** | |
| 5677 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5678 */ | |
| 5679 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5680 size_t Parameter::dim(Parameters *args) |
| 159 | 5681 { |
| 5682 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5683 if (args) | |
| 5684 { | |
| 5685 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5686 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5687 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5690 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5691 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5692 } | |
| 5693 else | |
| 5694 n++; | |
| 5695 } | |
| 5696 } | |
| 5697 return n; | |
| 5698 } | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 /*************************************** | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5701 * Get nth Parameter, folding in tuples. |
| 159 | 5702 * Returns: |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5703 * Parameter* nth Parameter |
| 159 | 5704 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5705 * of Parameters |
| 159 | 5706 */ |
| 5707 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5708 Parameter *Parameter::getNth(Parameters *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) |
| 159 | 5709 { |
| 5710 if (!args) | |
| 5711 return NULL; | |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5714 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5715 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5716 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5719 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5720 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5721 if (arg) | |
| 5722 return arg; | |
| 5723 } | |
| 5724 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5725 return arg; | |
| 5726 else | |
| 5727 n++; | |
| 5728 } | |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 if (pn) | |
| 5731 *pn += n; | |
| 5732 return NULL; | |
| 5733 } |